blob: 5d352ceb04722cc2b29fb332039544ec6e6f4947 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall7d384dd2009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek1309f9a2010-01-25 04:41:41 +000017#include "clang/Analysis/AnalysisContext.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregor314b97f2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattner52338262009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall54abf7d2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnerffb93682009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
61
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlssone4d2bdd2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
205
206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor75b699a2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000363
364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor076ceb02010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
426
427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
429
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalldbd872f2009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor0da76df2009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor8aa5f402009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCallb681b612009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall4c72d3e2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCalle1599ce2009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor952b0172010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCallb1b42562009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
771
John McCall144238e2009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000772/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
773static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000774 assert(D->isCXXClassMember() &&
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000775 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
776
777 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
778
779 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
780 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
781
782 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
783 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
784 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
785 }
786
787 return false;
788}
789
790enum IMAKind {
791 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
792 IMA_Static,
793
794 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
795 IMA_Mixed,
796
797 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
798 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
799 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
800
801 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
802 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
803 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
804
805 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
806 IMA_Instance,
807
808 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
809 IMA_Unresolved,
810
811 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
812 /// context is not an instance method.
813 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
814
815 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
816 /// non-class context.
817 IMA_AnonymousMember,
818
819 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
820 /// context is not an instance method.
821 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
822
823 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
824 /// class.
825 IMA_Error_Unrelated
826};
827
828/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
829/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
830/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
831/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
832/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
833/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
834static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
835 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000836 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000837
838 bool isStaticContext =
839 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
840 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
841
842 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
843 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
844
845 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
846 bool hasNonInstance = false;
847 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
848 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
849 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
850 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
851 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
852
853 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
854 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
855 // that's a special case.
856 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
857 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
858 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
859 }
860 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
861 }
862 else
863 hasNonInstance = true;
864 }
865
866 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
867 // member reference.
868 if (Classes.empty())
869 return IMA_Static;
870
871 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
872 // an implicit member reference.
873 if (isStaticContext)
874 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
875
876 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
877 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
878 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
879 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
880 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
881 Classes))
882 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
883
884 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
885}
886
887/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
888static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
889 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
890 const LookupResult &R) {
891 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
892 SourceRange Range(Loc);
893 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
894
895 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
896 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
897 if (MD->isStatic()) {
898 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
899 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
900 << Range << R.getLookupName();
901 return;
902 }
903 }
904
905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
906 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
907 return;
908 }
909
910 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000911}
912
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000913/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
914///
915/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000916bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 LookupResult &R) {
918 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
919
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000920 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000921 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
923 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000924 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000925 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000926 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
927 }
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000928
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000929 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
930 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
931 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
932 // dependent name.
933 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
934 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
936 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
937
938 if (!R.empty()) {
939 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
940 R.suppressDiagnostics();
941
942 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
943 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
944 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
945 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
946
947 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
948 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
949 // Actually quite difficult!
950 if (isInstance)
951 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(),
953 "this->");
954 else
955 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
956
957 // Do we really want to note all of these?
958 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
959 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
960
961 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
962 return false;
963 }
964 }
965 }
966
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000967 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000968 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
969 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 if (SS.isEmpty())
971 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000973 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000974 else
975 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
977 << SS.getRange()
978 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000979 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000980 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
981 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
982 << ND->getDeclName();
983
Douglas Gregord203a162010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000984 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
985 return false;
986 }
987
988 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
989 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
990 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
991 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
992 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
993 // to recover well anyway.
994 if (SS.isEmpty())
995 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
996 else
997 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
998 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
999 << SS.getRange();
1000
1001 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1002 return true;
1003 }
1004
1005 R.clear();
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001006 }
1007
1008 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1009 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1010 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1011 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1012 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1013 << SS.getRange();
1014 return true;
1015 }
1016
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001017 // Give up, we can't recover.
1018 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1019 return true;
1020}
1021
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1023 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1024 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1025 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1026 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1027 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1028 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1029
1030 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001031 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001032
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001033 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001034
1035 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1036 DeclarationName Name;
1037 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1038 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001039 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1040 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001041
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001042 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1045 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001046 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1047 // (note: handled after lookup)
1048 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1049 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1050 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001051 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1052 // names a dependent type.
1053 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1054 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001055 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1056 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1057 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001058 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001059 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 TemplateArgs);
1061 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001062
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001063 // Perform the required lookup.
1064 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1065 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001066 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001067 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001068 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001069 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1070 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1073 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001074 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1075 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001076 if (E.isInvalid())
1077 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001078
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001079 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1080 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001081 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001082 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001083
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001084 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1085 return ExprError();
1086
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001087 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1088 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001089 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001090
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001091 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001092 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001093 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1094 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1095 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1096 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1097 }
1098
1099 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1100 // call, diagnose the problem.
1101 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregorbb092ba2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001102 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCall578b69b2009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001103 return ExprError();
1104
1105 assert(!R.empty() &&
1106 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001107
1108 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1109 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1110 // reference the ivar.
1111 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1112 R.clear();
1113 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1114 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1115 return move(E);
1116 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
1118 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1121 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1122
1123 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001124 // Warn about constructs like:
1125 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1126 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001128 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1129 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001130 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001132 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001133 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001134 << Var->getDeclName()
1135 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1136 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001137 break;
1138 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
Douglas Gregor9c4b8382009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001140 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1141 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001142 }
1143 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001144 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001145 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1146 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1147 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1148 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1149 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1150 // type.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001152 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001153
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001154 QualType T = Func->getType();
1155 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001157 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001158 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 }
1160 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001161
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001162 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1163 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1164 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1165 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1166 // class member access expression.
1167 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1168 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001169 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001170 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001171 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1172 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001173 }
1174
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001175 if (TemplateArgs)
1176 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001177
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001178 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1179}
1180
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001181/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1182Sema::OwningExprResult
1183Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1184 LookupResult &R,
1185 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1186 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1187 case IMA_Instance:
1188 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1189
1190 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1191 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1192 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1193 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1194
1195 case IMA_Mixed:
1196 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1197 case IMA_Unresolved:
1198 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1199
1200 case IMA_Static:
1201 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1202 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1203 if (TemplateArgs)
1204 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1205 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1206
1207 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1208 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1209 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1210 return ExprError();
1211 }
1212
1213 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1214 return ExprError();
1215}
1216
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001217/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1218/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1219/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1220/// this path.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001221Sema::OwningExprResult
1222Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1223 DeclarationName Name,
1224 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1225 DeclContext *DC;
1226 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1227 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1228 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1229 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1230
1231 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1232 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1233
1234 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1235 return ExprError();
1236
1237 if (R.empty()) {
1238 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1239 return ExprError();
1240 }
1241
1242 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1243}
1244
1245/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1246/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1247/// additional lookup.
1248///
1249/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1250/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1251///
1252/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1253Sema::OwningExprResult
1254Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001255 IdentifierInfo *II,
1256 bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001257 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1258
1259 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1260 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1261 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1262 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1263 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1264
1265 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1266 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1267 // ivar, that's an error.
1268 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1269
1270 bool LookForIvars;
1271 if (Lookup.empty())
1272 LookForIvars = true;
1273 else if (IsClassMethod)
1274 LookForIvars = false;
1275 else
1276 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1277 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001279 if (LookForIvars) {
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001280 IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001281 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1282 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1283 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1284 if (IsClassMethod)
1285 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1286 << IV->getDeclName());
1287
1288 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1289 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1290 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1291 return ExprError();
1292
1293 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1294 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1295 return ExprError();
1296
1297 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1298 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1299 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1300 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1301
1302 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1303 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1304 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1305 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1306 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1307 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1308 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1309 SelfName, false, false);
1310 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1311 return Owned(new (Context)
1312 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1313 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1314 }
1315 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1316 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1317 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1318 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1319 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1320 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1321 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1322 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1327 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1328 QualType T;
1329
1330 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1332 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1333 else
1334 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1335 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1336 }
Fariborz Jahanian48c2d562010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001337 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1338 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1339 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1340 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1341 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1342 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1343 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1344 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1345 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1346 }
1347 }
1348 }
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001349 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 && LookForIvars && Lookup.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77e2dde2010-02-09 21:49:50 +00001350 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = SynthesizeNewPropertyIvar(IFace, II);
1351 if (Ivar)
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001352 return LookupInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Fariborz Jahanian412e7982010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001353 }
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001354 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1355 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001356}
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001357
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001358/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001359bool
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001360Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1361 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1362 NamedDecl *Member) {
1363 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1364 if (!RD)
1365 return false;
1366
1367 QualType DestRecordType;
1368 QualType DestType;
1369 QualType FromRecordType;
1370 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1371 bool PointerConversions = false;
1372 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1373 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
1374
1375 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1376 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1377 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1378 PointerConversions = true;
1379 } else {
1380 DestType = DestRecordType;
1381 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001382 }
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001383 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1384 if (Method->isStatic())
1385 return false;
1386
1387 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1388 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
1389
1390 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1391 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1392 PointerConversions = true;
1393 } else {
1394 FromRecordType = FromType;
1395 DestType = DestRecordType;
1396 }
1397 } else {
1398 // No conversion necessary.
1399 return false;
1400 }
1401
1402 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1403 return false;
1404
1405 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1406 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1407 return false;
1408
1409 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
1410 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
1411 // class name.
1412 //
1413 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1414 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1415 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1416 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1417 //
1418 // class Base { public: int x; };
1419 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1420 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1421 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1422 //
1423 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1424 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1425 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1426 // }
1427 QualType IntermediateRecordType;
1428 QualType IntermediateType;
1429 if (Qualifier) {
1430 if (const RecordType *IntermediateRecord
1431 = Qualifier->getAsType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1432 IntermediateRecordType = QualType(IntermediateRecord, 0);
1433 IntermediateType = IntermediateRecordType;
1434 if (PointerConversions)
1435 IntermediateType = Context.getPointerType(IntermediateType);
1436 }
1437 }
1438
1439 if (!IntermediateType.isNull() &&
1440 IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType) &&
1441 IsDerivedFrom(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType)) {
1442 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, IntermediateRecordType,
1443 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1444 From->getSourceRange()) ||
1445 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(IntermediateRecordType, DestRecordType,
1446 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1447 From->getSourceRange()))
1448 return true;
1449
1450 ImpCastExprToType(From, IntermediateType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1451 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
1452 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1453 /*isLvalue=*/!PointerConversions);
1454 return false;
1455 }
1456
1457 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1458 DestRecordType,
1459 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1460 From->getSourceRange()))
1461 return true;
1462
1463 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1464 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001465 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001466}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001467
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001468/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedmanf595cc42009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001470 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001471 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1472 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1473 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1474 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001475 if (SS.isSet()) {
1476 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1477 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001478 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001480 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1481 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001482}
1483
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001484/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1485/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1486/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1487/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001488Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001489Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1490 LookupResult &R,
1491 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1492 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001493 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1494
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001495 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001496
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001497 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1498 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregore961afb2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001499 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001500 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001501 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001502 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001503 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001504
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001505 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1506 // 'this' expression now.
1507 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1508 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1509 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001510 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1511 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1512 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1513 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001514 }
1515
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001516 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1517 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1518 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001519 SS,
1520 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1521 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001522}
1523
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001524bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001525 const LookupResult &R,
1526 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001527 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1528 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1529 return false;
1530
1531 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001532 if (SS.isSet())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001533 return false;
1534
1535 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001536 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001537 return false;
1538
1539 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1540 // normal lookup:
1541 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1542 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1543
1544 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1545 // -- a declaration of a class member
1546 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1547 // original decl.
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001548 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001549 return false;
1550
1551 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1552 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1553 // using-declaration
1554 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1555 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1556 // turn off ADL anyway).
1557 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1558 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1559 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1560 return false;
1561
1562 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1563 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1564 // template
1565 // And also for builtin functions.
1566 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1567 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1568
1569 // But also builtin functions.
1570 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1571 return false;
1572 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1573 return false;
1574 }
1575
1576 return true;
1577}
1578
1579
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001580/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1581/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1582/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1583/// will in fact be used.
1584static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1585 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1586 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1587 return true;
1588 }
1589
1590 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1591 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1592 return true;
1593 }
1594
1595 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1596 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1597 return true;
1598 }
1599
1600 return false;
1601}
1602
1603Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001604Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001605 LookupResult &R,
1606 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCallfead20c2009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001607 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1608 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor86b8e092010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001609 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001610 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001611
1612 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1613 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1614 // functions and function templates.
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001615 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1616 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001617 return ExprError();
1618
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001619 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1620 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1621 // we've picked a target.
1622 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1623
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001624 bool Dependent
1625 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001626 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001627 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001628 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1629 SS.getRange(),
John McCall5b3f9132009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001630 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1631 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001632 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001633
1634 return Owned(ULE);
1635}
1636
1637
1638/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1639Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001640Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001641 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1642 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall7453ed42009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001643 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1644 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001645
1646 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1647 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001648
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001649 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1650 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1651 // a template argument list.
1652 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1653 << Template << SS.getRange();
1654 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1655 return ExprError();
1656 }
1657
1658 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1659 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1660 if (!VD) {
1661 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1662 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCall87cf6702009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001663 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregor9af2f522009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001664 return ExprError();
1665 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001666
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001667 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1668 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1669 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1670 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001671 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001672 return ExprError();
1673
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001674 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1675 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001676 return ExprError();
1677
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001678 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1679 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1680 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1681 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001682 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001683 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1684 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1685 //
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001686 if (getCurBlock() &&
1687 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump0d6fd572010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001688 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1690 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1691 return ExprError();
1692 }
1693
Fariborz Jahaniandbf217a2010-03-06 01:58:53 +00001694 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType() && !VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
Mike Stump28497342010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001695 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1696 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1697 return ExprError();
1698 }
1699
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001700 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001701 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001702 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001703 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001704 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001705 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1706 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001707 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001708
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001709 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001711 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001712 }
1713 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1714 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001715
John McCallf7a1a742009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001716 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001717}
1718
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001719Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1720 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001721 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001722
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001723 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001724 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001725 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1726 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1727 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001728 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001729
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001730 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1731 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001733 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1734 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001735 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001736 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001737 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001738
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001739 QualType ResTy;
1740 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1741 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1742 } else {
Anders Carlsson848fa642010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001743 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001744
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001745 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001746 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001747 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1748 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001749 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001750}
1751
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001752Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001753 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001754 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001755
Benjamin Kramerddeea562010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001756 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1757 PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001759 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001760
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001761 QualType Ty;
1762 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1763 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1764 else if (Literal.isWide())
1765 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedman136b0cd2010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001766 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1767 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001768 else
1769 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001770
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001771 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1772 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnere8337df2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001773 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001774}
1775
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001776Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1777 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001778 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1779 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001780 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001781 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001782 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001783 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001784 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001785
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001786 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001787 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1788 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001789 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001790
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001791 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1792 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001793
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001794 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001795 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1796 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001797 return ExprError();
1798
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001799 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001800
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001801 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001802 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001803 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001804 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001805 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001806 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001807 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001808 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001809
1810 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1811
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001812 using llvm::APFloat;
1813 APFloat Val(Format);
1814
1815 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall9f2df882009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001816
1817 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1818 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1819 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1820 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001821 unsigned diagnostic;
1822 llvm::SmallVector<char, 20> buffer;
1823 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001824 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001825 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1826 } else {
John McCall2a0d7572010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001827 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall94c939d2009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001828 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1829 }
1830
1831 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1832 << Ty
1833 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1834 }
1835
1836 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001837 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001838
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001839 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001840 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001841 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001842 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001843
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001844 // long long is a C99 feature.
1845 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001846 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001847 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1848
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001849 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001850 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001851
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001852 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1853 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1854 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001855 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1856 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001857 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001858 } else {
1859 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1860 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001861
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001862 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1863 // be an unsigned int.
1864 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1865
1866 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001867 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001868 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1869 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001870 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001871
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001872 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1873 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1874 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1875 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001876 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001877 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001878 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001879 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001880 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001881 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001882
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001883 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001884 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001885 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001886
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001887 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1888 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1889 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1890 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001891 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001892 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001893 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001894 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001895 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001896 }
1897
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001898 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001899 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001900 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001901
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001902 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1903 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1904 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1905 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001906 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001907 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001908 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001909 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001910 }
1911 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001912
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1914 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001915 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001916 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001917 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001918 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001919 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001920
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001921 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1922 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001923 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001924 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001926
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001927 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1928 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001930 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001931
1932 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001933}
1934
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001935Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1936 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001937 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001938 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001939 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001940}
1941
1942/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1943/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001944bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001945 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1946 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1947 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001948 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1949 return false;
1950
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001951 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1952 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1953 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1954 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1955 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1956 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1957
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001958 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001959 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001960 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001961 if (isSizeof)
1962 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1963 return false;
1964 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001966 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001967 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1969 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001970 return false;
1971 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001973 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001974 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1975 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001976 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001978 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001979 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001980 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001981 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1982 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001983 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001984
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001985 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001986}
1987
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001988bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1989 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1990 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001991
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001993 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1994 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001995
1996 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1997 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1998 return false;
1999
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002000 if (E->getBitField()) {
2001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2002 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002003 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002004
2005 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2006 // bit-field.
2007 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002008 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002009 return false;
2010
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002011 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2012}
2013
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002014/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015Action::OwningExprResult
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002016Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002017 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002018 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002019 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002020 return ExprError();
2021
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002022 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall5ab75172009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002023
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002024 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2025 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2026 return ExprError();
2027
2028 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002029 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002030 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2031 R.getEnd()));
2032}
2033
2034/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2035/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036Action::OwningExprResult
2037Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002038 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2039 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2040 bool isInvalid = false;
2041 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2042 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2043 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2044 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002045 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002046 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2047 isInvalid = true;
2048 } else {
2049 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2050 }
2051
2052 if (isInvalid)
2053 return ExprError();
2054
2055 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2056 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2057 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2058 R.getEnd()));
2059}
2060
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002061/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2062/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2063/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002064Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002065Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2066 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002067 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002068 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002069
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002070 if (isType) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002071 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2072 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2073 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002074 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002075
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002076 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2077 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2078 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2079
2080 if (Result.isInvalid())
2081 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2082
2083 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002084}
2085
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002086QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002087 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2088 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002089
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002090 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002091 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002092 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002094 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2095 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2096 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002098 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002099 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2100 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002101 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002102}
2103
2104
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002105
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106Action::OwningExprResult
2107Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2108 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002109 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2110 switch (Kind) {
2111 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2112 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2113 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2114 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115
Eli Friedmane4216e92009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002116 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002117}
2118
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119Action::OwningExprResult
2120Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2121 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002122 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2123 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2124
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2126 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002127
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002128 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002129 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2130 Base.release();
2131 Idx.release();
2132 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2133 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2134 }
2135
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002137 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002138 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2139 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2140 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002141 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002142 }
2143
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002144 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2145}
2146
2147
2148Action::OwningExprResult
2149Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2150 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2151 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2152 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2153
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002154 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002155 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2156 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2157 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002159 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002160
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002161 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002162 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002163 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002164 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002165 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2166 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002167 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2168 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2169 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2170 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002171 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002172 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2173 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002174 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002175 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002176 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002177 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2178 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002179 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002181 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002182 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2183 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2184 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002186 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002187 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2188 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2189 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2190 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002191 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002192 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002193 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002194
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002195 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2196 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002197 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2198 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002199 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002200 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2201 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2202 // force the promotion here.
2203 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2204 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002205 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2206 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002207 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2208
2209 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2210 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002211 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002212 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2213 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2214 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2215 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002216 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2217 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002218 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2219
2220 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2221 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002222 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002223 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002224 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2225 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002226 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002227 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002228 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2229 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002230 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2231 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002232
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002233 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002234 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2235 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002236 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2237
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002238 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2240 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002241 // incomplete types are not object types.
2242 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2243 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2244 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2245 return ExprError();
2246 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002248 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002250 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2251 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002252 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002254 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2255 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2256 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2257 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2258 return ExprError();
2259 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002260
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002261 Base.release();
2262 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002263 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002264 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002265}
2266
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002267QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002268CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002269 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002270 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbar2ad32892009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002271 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2272 // see FIXME there.
2273 //
2274 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2275 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002276 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002277
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002278 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002279 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002280
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002281 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002282 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2283 // to be selected.
2284 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002285
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002286 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2287 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002288 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002289
2290 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2291 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002292 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002293 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2294 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002295 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002296 do
2297 compStr++;
2298 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002299 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002300 do
2301 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002302 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002303 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002304
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002305 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002306 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2307 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002308 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2309 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002310 return QualType();
2311 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002312
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002313 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2314 // operates on.
2315 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbare013d682009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002316 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002317
2318 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002319 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002320
2321 while (*compStr) {
2322 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2324 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2325 return QualType();
2326 }
2327 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002328 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002329
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002330 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002331 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002332 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002333 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002334 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman0479a0b2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002335 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002336 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002337 if (HexSwizzle)
2338 CompSize--;
2339
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002340 if (CompSize == 1)
2341 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002342
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002343 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002344 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002345 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2346 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2347 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2348 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002349 }
2350 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002351}
2352
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002353static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002354 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002355 const Selector &Sel,
2356 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002358 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002359 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002360 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002361 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002363 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2364 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002366 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002367 return D;
2368 }
2369 return 0;
2370}
2371
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002372static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002373 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002374 const Selector &Sel,
2375 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002376 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2377 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002378 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002379 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002381 GDecl = PD;
2382 break;
2383 }
2384 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002385 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002386 GDecl = OMD;
2387 break;
2388 }
2389 }
2390 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002391 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002392 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2393 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002394 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002395 if (GDecl)
2396 return GDecl;
2397 }
2398 }
2399 return GDecl;
2400}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002401
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002402Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002403Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2404 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2406 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2407 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2408 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2409 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2410
2411 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2412 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2413 //
2414 // T* t;
2415 // t.f;
2416 //
2417 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2418 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2419 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2420 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002421 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002422 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2423 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002424 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002425 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002426 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002427 return ExprError();
2428 }
2429 }
2430
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002431 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002432
2433 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2434 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002435 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002436 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2437 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2438 SS.getRange(),
2439 FirstQualifierInScope,
2440 Name, NameLoc,
2441 TemplateArgs));
2442}
2443
2444/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2445/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2446/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2447static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2448 Expr *BaseExpr,
2449 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002450 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002451 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002452 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2453 // diagnostics.
2454 if (!BaseExpr)
2455 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002456
2457 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2458 // complicated cases here.
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002459 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002460 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002461 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002462}
2463
2464// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2465// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2466// type. The restriction here is:
2467//
2468// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2469// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2470// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2471//
2472// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2473// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2474// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2475// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2476bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2477 QualType BaseType,
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002478 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002479 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002480 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2481 if (!BaseRT) {
2482 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2483 // dependent.
2484 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2485 return false;
2486 }
2487 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002488
2489 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002490 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2491 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2492 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2493 return false;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002494
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002495 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2496 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2497 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2498 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2499
2500 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2501 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2502
2503 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2504 return false;
2505 }
2506
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002507 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002508 return true;
2509}
2510
2511static bool
2512LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2513 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2514 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2515 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2516 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2517 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2518 << BaseRange))
2519 return true;
2520
2521 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2522 if (SS.isSet()) {
2523 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2524 // nested-name-specifier.
2525 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2526
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002527 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2528 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2529 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2530 return true;
2531 }
2532
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002533 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2534
2535 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2536 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2537 << DC << SS.getRange();
2538 return true;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002539 }
2540 }
2541
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002542 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2543 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002544
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002545 if (!R.empty())
2546 return false;
2547
2548 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2549 // for typos.
2550 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2551 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
2552 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2553 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2554 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
2555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2556 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002557 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2558 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2559 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor2dcc0112009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002560 return false;
2561 } else {
2562 R.clear();
2563 }
2564
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002565 return false;
2566}
2567
2568Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002569Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002570 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2571 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2572 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2573 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2574 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2575 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2576
John McCall2f841ba2009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002577 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2578 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002579 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002580 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2581 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2582 Name, NameLoc,
2583 TemplateArgs);
2584
2585 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002586
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002587 // Implicit member accesses.
2588 if (!Base) {
2589 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2590 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2591 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2592 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2593 OpLoc, SS))
2594 return ExprError();
2595
2596 // Explicit member accesses.
2597 } else {
2598 OwningExprResult Result =
2599 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002600 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002601
2602 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2603 Owned(Base);
2604 return ExprError();
2605 }
2606
2607 if (Result.get())
2608 return move(Result);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002609 }
2610
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002611 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002612 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2613 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002614}
2615
2616Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002617Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2618 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2619 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002620 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002621 LookupResult &R,
2622 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2623 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002624 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002625 if (IsArrow) {
2626 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2627 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2628 }
2629
2630 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2631 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2632 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2633 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2634
2635 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002636 return ExprError();
2637
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002638 if (R.empty()) {
2639 // Rederive where we looked up.
2640 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2641 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2642 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002643
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002644 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002645 << MemberName << DC
2646 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002647 return ExprError();
2648 }
2649
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002650 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2651 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2652 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2653 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2654 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2655 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2656 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2657 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2658 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2659 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2660 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002661 return ExprError();
2662
2663 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2664 // result.
2665 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002666 bool Dependent =
John McCall410a3f32009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002667 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002668 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall7bb12da2010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002669 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002671 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2672 // pick a member.
2673 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2674
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002675 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2676 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2677 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002678 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2679 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002680 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2681 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2682 TemplateArgs);
John McCallc373d482010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002683 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002684
2685 return Owned(MemExpr);
2686 }
2687
2688 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2689 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2690
2691 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2692
2693 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2694 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2695 // error cases.
2696 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2697 return ExprError();
2698
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002699 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2700 if (!BaseExpr) {
2701 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2702 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2703 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2704
Douglas Gregor828a1972010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002705 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2706 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2707 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2708 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002709 }
2710
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002711 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2712 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2713 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2714 // explicitly qualified.
2715 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2716 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2717 }
2718
2719 // Check the use of this member.
2720 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2721 Owned(BaseExpr);
2722 return ExprError();
2723 }
2724
2725 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2726 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2727 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman16c53782009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002728 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2729 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002730 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2731 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2732
2733 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2734 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2735 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2736 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2737 else {
2738 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2739 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2740 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2741
2742 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2743 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2744
2745 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2746 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2747 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2748 }
2749
2750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00002751 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FD))
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002752 return ExprError();
2753 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2754 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2755 }
2756
2757 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2758 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2759 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2760 Var, MemberLoc,
2761 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2762 }
2763
2764 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2765 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2766 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2767 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2768 MemberFn->getType()));
2769 }
2770
2771 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2772 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2773 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2774 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2775 }
2776
2777 Owned(BaseExpr);
2778
2779 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2780 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2781 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2782
2783 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2784 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2785 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2786 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2787 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2788 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2789}
2790
2791/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2792/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2793/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2794/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2795/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2796/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2797/// an ordinary member expression.
2798///
2799/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2800/// fixed for ObjC++.
2801Sema::OwningExprResult
2802Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002803 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002804 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002805 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002806 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002807
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002808 // Perform default conversions.
2809 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002810
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002811 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002812 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2813
2814 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2815 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002816
2817 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002818 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002819 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2820 // call, and continue on.
2821 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2822 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2823 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2824 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2825 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002826 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2827 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002828 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2829 ->isRecordType()))) {
2830 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2831 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2832 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2833 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2834
2835 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002836 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002837 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2838 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor3f0b5fd2009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002840
2841 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2842 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2843 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2844 }
2845 }
2846 }
2847
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002848 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2849 // use that.
2850 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002851 if (IsArrow) {
2852 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2853 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2854 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2855 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2856 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002857 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2858 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanian6d910f02009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002859 }
2860 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002861 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2862 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2863 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2864 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002865 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002866 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002867 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002868
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002869 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2870 // use that.
2871 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2872 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2873 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2874 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2875 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2876 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2877 }
2878 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002879
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002880 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002881
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002882 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002883 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002884 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2885 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2886 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2887 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2889 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2890 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2891 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2892 // Check the use of this method.
2893 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2894 return ExprError();
2895 }
2896 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2897 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2898 Selector SetterSel =
2899 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2900 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2901 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2902 if (!Setter) {
2903 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2904 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002905 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002906 }
2907 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2908 if (!Setter)
2909 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2910
2911 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2912 return ExprError();
2913
2914 if (Getter || Setter) {
2915 QualType PType;
2916
2917 if (Getter)
2918 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2919 else
2920 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2921 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2922 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2923 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2924 PType,
2925 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2926 }
2927 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2928 << MemberName << BaseType);
2929 }
2930 }
2931
2932 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2933 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2934 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002935 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002936 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002937
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002938 if (IsArrow) {
2939 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002940 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002941 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2942 ;
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002943 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2944 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2945 // struct MyRecord foo;
2946 // foo->bar
2947 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2948 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2949 // by now.
2950 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2951 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2952 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2953 IsArrow = false;
2954 } else {
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002955 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2956 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2957 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002958 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002959 } else {
2960 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2961 // type *foo;
2962 // foo.bar
2963 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2964 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2965 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2966 // the appropriate pointer type
2967 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2968 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2969 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2970 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2971 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2972 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2973 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2974 IsArrow = true;
2975 }
2976 }
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002977 }
John McCall812c1542009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002978
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002979 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2980 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002981 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002982 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2983 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002984 return ExprError();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002985 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002986 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002987
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002988 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2989 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002990 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2991 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002992 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002993 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002994 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002995 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002996 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2997
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002998 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2999 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003000 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003001
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003002 if (!IV) {
3003 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3004 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3005 LookupMemberName);
3006 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3007 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
3008 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
3009 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3010 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
3011 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3012 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003013 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
3014 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003015 }
3016 }
3017
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003018 if (IV) {
3019 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3020 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3021 // error cases.
3022 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3023 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003024
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003025 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3026 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3027 return ExprError();
3028 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3029 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3030 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3031 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3032 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3033 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3034 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3035 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3036 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3037 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3038 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3039 // AST for a function decl.
3040 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003041 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003042 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3043 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3044 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3045 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3046 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3047 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003048
3049 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3050 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003051 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003053 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003054 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3055 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003057 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003058 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003059
3060 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3061 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003062 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003063 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003064 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003065 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003066 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003067 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003068 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003069 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003070 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3071 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003072 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003073 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003075 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003076 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003077 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3078 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3079 // Check the use of this declaration
3080 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3081 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003082
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003083 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3084 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3085 }
3086 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3087 // Check the use of this method.
3088 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3089 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090
Ted Kremenekeb3b3242010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003091 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 OMD->getResultType(),
3093 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003094 NULL, 0));
3095 }
3096 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003097
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003098 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003099 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003100 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003101 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3102 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003103 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003104 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003105 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
3106 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003107 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003108
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003109 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003110 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003111 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3112 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3113 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003114 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003115 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003116 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00003117 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
3118 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00003119 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003120 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3121 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003122 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003123 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3124 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003125 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003126 // Check whether we can reference this property.
3127 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3128 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003129
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003130 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00003131 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3132 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003133 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
3134 // selector is implemented.
3135
3136 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
3137 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
3138
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003139 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003140 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003141
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003142 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
3143 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003144 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003145
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00003146 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003147 if (!Getter)
3148 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00003149 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003150 // Check if we can reference this property.
3151 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
3152 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003153 }
3154 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
3155 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003156 Selector SetterSel =
3157 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003158 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003159 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003160 if (!Setter) {
3161 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
3162 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00003163 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003164 }
3165 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00003166 if (!Setter)
3167 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003168
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003169 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
3170 return ExprError();
3171
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003172 if (Getter) {
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003173 QualType PType;
Fariborz Jahaniandd0cb902010-01-19 17:48:02 +00003174 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00003175 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00003176 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3177 }
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003178
3179 // Attempt to correct for typos in property names.
3180 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3181 LookupOrdinaryName);
3182 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IFace, false, OPT) &&
3183 Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>()) {
3184 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_property_not_found_suggest)
3185 << MemberName << BaseType << Res.getLookupName()
3186 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3187 Res.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor67dd1d42010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003188 ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCPropertyDecl>();
3189 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
3190 << Property->getDeclName();
3191
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003192 return LookupMemberExpr(Res, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003193 ObjCImpDecl);
Douglas Gregorf06cdae2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003194 }
Fariborz Jahanian354095c2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003195 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
3196 << MemberName << BaseType;
3197 if (Setter && !Getter)
3198 Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable)
3199 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3200 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00003201 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003202
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003203 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003204 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003205 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003206 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003207 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian83dc3252009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003208 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003209
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003210 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003211 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003212 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003213 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3214 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003215 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003216 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003217 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003218 }
Fariborz Jahanian354095c2010-02-19 18:30:30 +00003219
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003220 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3221 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3222
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003223 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003224}
3225
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003226/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3227/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3228/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3229/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3230/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3231///
3232/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3233/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3234/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3235/// only be called
3236/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3237/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3238/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3239Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3240 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3241 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3242 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3243 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3244 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3245 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3246 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3247 return ExprError();
3248
3249 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3250
3251 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3252 DeclarationName Name;
3253 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3254 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3255 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3256 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3257
3258 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3259
3260 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3261 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3262 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3263
3264 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3265 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3266
3267 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3268 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregor48026d22010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003269 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003270 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003271 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3272 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3273 Name, NameLoc,
3274 TemplateArgs);
3275 } else {
3276 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3277 if (TemplateArgs) {
3278 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3279 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3280 } else {
3281 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003282 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003283
3284 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3285 Owned(Base);
3286 return ExprError();
3287 }
3288
3289 if (Result.get()) {
3290 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3291 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3292 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3293 // call now.
3294 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3295 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003296 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003297
3298 return move(Result);
3299 }
3300 }
3301
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003302 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCallc2233c52010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003303 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3304 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003305 }
3306
3307 return move(Result);
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003308}
3309
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003310Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3311 FunctionDecl *FD,
3312 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3313 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3314 Diag (CallLoc,
3315 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3316 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003317 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003318 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3319 } else {
3320 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3321 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3322
3323 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor525f96c2010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003324 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3325 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003326
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3328 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003329 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003330
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003331 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003332 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003333 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003334
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003335 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3336 InitializedEntity Entity
3337 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3338 InitializationKind Kind
3339 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3340 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3341 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3342
3343 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3344 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3345 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3346 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003347 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003348
3349 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003350 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003351 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003352 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003353
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003354 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3355 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3356 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor65222e82009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003357 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3358 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson337cba42009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003359 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3360 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003361 }
3362
3363 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor036aed12009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003364 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003365}
3366
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003367/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3368/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3369/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3370/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3371/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3372/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003373bool
3374Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003375 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003376 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003377 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3378 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003380 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3381 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003382 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003383
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003384 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3385 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3386 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3387 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3388 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3389 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003390 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003391 }
3392
3393 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3394 // them.
3395 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3396 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3397 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3398 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3399 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3400 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3401 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3402 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003403 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003404 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003405 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003406 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003407 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003408 VariadicCallType CallType =
3409 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3410 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3411 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3412 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3413 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003414 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian2fe168f2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003415 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003416 if (Invalid)
3417 return true;
3418 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3419 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3420 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3421
3422 return false;
3423}
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003424
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003425bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3426 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3427 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3428 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3429 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3430 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003431 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003432 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3433 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3434 bool Invalid = false;
3435 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3436 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3437 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3438 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003439 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003440 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003441 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003442
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003443 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003444 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3445 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3446
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003447 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3448 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003449 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003450 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003451 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003452
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003453 // Pass the argument
3454 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3455 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3456 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregoraa037312009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003457
Douglas Gregora188ff22009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003458
3459 InitializedEntity Entity =
3460 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3461 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3462 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3463 SourceLocation(),
3464 Owned(Arg));
3465 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3466 return true;
3467
3468 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003469 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003470 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003471
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003472 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003473 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003474 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3475 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003476
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003477 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003478 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003479 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003480 }
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003481
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003482 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003483 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003484 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003485 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003486 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003487 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003488 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003489 }
3490 }
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003491 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003492}
3493
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003494/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003495/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3496/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003497Action::OwningExprResult
3498Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3499 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003500 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003501 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003502
3503 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3504 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003505
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003506 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003507 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003508 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003509
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003510 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003511 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3512 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3513 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3514 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3515 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3516 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3517 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3518 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003519
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003520 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3521 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003522
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003523 NumArgs = 0;
3524 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003526 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3527 RParenLoc));
3528 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003529
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003530 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003531 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003532 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3533 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003534 bool Dependent = false;
3535 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3536 Dependent = true;
3537 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3538 Dependent = true;
3539
3540 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003541 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003542 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3543
3544 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3545 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3546 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3547 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3548
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003549 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3550
3551 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3552 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3553 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3554 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3555 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3556 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3557 // method template.
3558 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3559 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor958aeb02009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003560 (void)MemE;
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003561
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003562 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3563 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003564 }
3565
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003566 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003567 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003568 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003569 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003570 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3571 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003572 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003573
3574 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall129e2df2009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003575 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003576 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3577 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003578 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3579 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3580 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003581
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003582 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3583 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3584 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3585 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003586
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003587 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3588 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3589 TheCall.get(), 0))
3590 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8d6d90d2009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003591
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003592 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3593 RParenLoc))
3594 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003595
Fariborz Jahanian5de24502009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003596 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3597 }
3598 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3599 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3600 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003601 }
3602 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003603 }
3604
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003605 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003606 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003607 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608
Eli Friedmanefa42f72009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003609 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003610 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3611 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3612 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3613 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003614 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003615
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003616 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3617 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3618 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3619
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003620 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3621}
3622
John McCall3b4294e2009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003623/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3624/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCallaa81e162009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003625/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3626/// block-pointer type.
3627///
3628/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3629Sema::OwningExprResult
3630Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3631 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3632 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3633 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3634 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3635
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003636 // Promote the function operand.
3637 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3638
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003639 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3640 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003641 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3642 Args, NumArgs,
3643 Context.BoolTy,
3644 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003645
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003646 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3647 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3648 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3649 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003650 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003651 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003652 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3653 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003654 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003655 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003656 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003657 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003658 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003659 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003660 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3661 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3662
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003663 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003664 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3665 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3666 FDecl))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003667 return ExprError();
3668
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003669 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003670 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003671
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003672 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003674 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003675 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003676 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003677 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003678
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003679 if (FDecl) {
3680 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3681 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3682 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003683 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003684 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003685 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003686 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3687 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3688 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3689 }
3690 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003691 }
3692
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003693 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003694 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3695 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3696 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003697 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3698 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003699 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3700 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003701 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003702 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003703 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003704 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003705
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003706 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3707 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003708 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3709 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003710
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003711 // Check for sentinels
3712 if (NDecl)
3713 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003714
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003715 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003716 if (FDecl) {
3717 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3718 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003719
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003720 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003721 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3722 } else if (NDecl) {
3723 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3724 return ExprError();
3725 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003726
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003727 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003728}
3729
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003730Action::OwningExprResult
3731Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3732 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003733 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003734 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003735 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003736
3737 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3738 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3739 if (!TInfo)
3740 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3741
3742 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3743}
3744
3745Action::OwningExprResult
3746Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3747 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3748 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003749 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003750
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003751 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003752 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003753 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3754 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003755 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3756 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003757 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003758 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003759 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003760 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003761
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003762 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003763 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003764 InitializationKind Kind
3765 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
3766 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003767 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3768 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3769 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3770 &literalType);
3771 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003772 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003773 InitExpr.release();
3774 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003775
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003776 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003777 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003778 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003779 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003780 }
Eli Friedman08544622009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003781
3782 Result.release();
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003783
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003784 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003785 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003786}
3787
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003788Action::OwningExprResult
3789Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003790 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3791 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3792 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003793
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003794 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003796
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003797 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3798 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003799 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003800 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003801}
3802
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003803static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3804 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003805 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003806 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3807
3808 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3809 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahaniana7fa7cd2009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003810 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3811 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3812 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003813 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3814 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3815 }
3816
3817 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3818 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3819 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3820 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3821 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3822 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3823 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3824 }
3825
3826 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3827 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3828 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3829 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3830 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3831 }
3832
3833 // FIXME: Assert here.
3834 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3835 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3836}
3837
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003838/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003839bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003840 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003841 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3842 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003843 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003844 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3845 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003846
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003847 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003848
3849 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3850 // type needs to be scalar.
3851 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3852 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonebeaf202009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003853 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3854 return false;
3855 }
3856
3857 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003858 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003859 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3860 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003861 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003862 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3863 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003864 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003865 return false;
3866 }
3867
3868 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003869 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003870 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003871 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003872 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003873 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003874 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3875 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003876 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3877 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 }
3881 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3882 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3883 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003884 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003885 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003886 }
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003887
3888 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3889 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3890 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3891 }
3892
3893 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3894 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003895 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3896 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003897 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003898 }
3899
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003900 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3901 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3902
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003903 if (castType->isVectorType())
3904 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3905 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3906 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3907
3908 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003909 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003910
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003911 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3912 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3913
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003914 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003915 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3916 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3917 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3918 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3919 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3920 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3921 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3922 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3923 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3924 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003925 }
Anders Carlsson82debc72009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003926
3927 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003928 return false;
3929}
3930
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003931bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3932 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003933 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003934
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003935 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003936 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003937 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003938 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003939 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003940 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003941 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003942 } else
3943 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003944 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003945 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003946
Anders Carlssonc3516322009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003947 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003948 return false;
3949}
3950
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003951bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3952 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003953 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003954
3955 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3956
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003957 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3958 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003959 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3960 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3961 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3962 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003963 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003964 return false;
3965 }
3966
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003967 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003968 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3969 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003970 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3971 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3972 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3973 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003974
3975 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3976 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3977 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson16a89042009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003978
3979 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003980 return false;
3981}
3982
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003983Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003984Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003985 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3986 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3987 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003988
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003989 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3990 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3991 if (!castTInfo)
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003992 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003993
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003994 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003995 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003996 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003997 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3998 castTInfo);
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003999
4000 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
4001}
4002
4003Action::OwningExprResult
4004Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4005 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
4006 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
4007
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004008 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004009 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
4010 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004011 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004012 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004013
4014 if (Method) {
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004015 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
4016 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
4017 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004018
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004019 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
4020 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00004021
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00004022 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
4023 } else {
4024 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00004025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
John McCallb042fdf2010-01-15 18:56:44 +00004027 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
4028 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00004029 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004030}
4031
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004032/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4033/// of comma binary operators.
4034Action::OwningExprResult
4035Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
4036 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
4037 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
4038 if (!E)
4039 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004041 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004043 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4044 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
4045 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004047 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
4048}
4049
4050Action::OwningExprResult
4051Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4052 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004053 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004054 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004055 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056
4057 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004058 // then handle it as such.
4059 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
4060 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4061 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4062 return ExprError();
4063 }
4064
4065 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4066 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
4067 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4068
4069 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4070 // braces instead of the original commas.
4071 Op.release();
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004072 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004073 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4074 E->setType(Ty);
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004075 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004076 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004077 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004078 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4079 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004080 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004081 }
4082}
4083
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004084Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004085 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004086 MultiExprArg Val,
4087 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004088 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4089 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanianf88f7ab2009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004090 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4091 Expr *expr;
4092 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4093 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4094 else
4095 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004096 return Owned(expr);
4097}
4098
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004099/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4100/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004101/// C99 6.5.15
4102QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4103 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004104 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4105 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4106 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4107
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004108 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCallb13c87f2009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004109
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004110 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4111 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4112 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4113 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4114 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4115 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004116
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004117 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004118 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4119 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4120 << CondTy;
4121 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004122 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004123
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004124 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004125 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4126 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004127
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004128 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4129 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004130 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4131 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4132 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004133 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004135 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4136 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004137 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4138 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004139 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004141 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004142 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004143 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004144 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004146 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004147 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004148 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4149 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4150 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4151 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4152 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4153 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4154 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004157 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004158 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004159 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4160 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004161 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004162 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004163 // promote the null to a pointer.
4164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004165 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004166 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004167 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004168 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004169 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004170 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004171 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004172
4173 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4174 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4175 QuestionLoc);
4176 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4177 return compositeType;
4178
4179
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004180 // Handle block pointer types.
4181 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4182 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4183 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4184 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004185 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4186 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004187 return destType;
4188 }
4189 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004190 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004191 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004192 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004193 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4194 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4195 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004196 return LHSTy;
4197 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004198 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004199 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4200 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004201
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004202 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4203 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004204 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004205 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004206 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4207 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4208 // to get a consistent AST.
4209 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004210 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4211 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004212 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004213 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004214 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004215 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4216 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004217 return LHSTy;
4218 }
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004219
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004220 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4221 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4222 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004223 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4224 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004225
4226 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4227 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4228 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004229 QualType destPointee
4230 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004231 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004232 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4233 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4234 // Promote to void*.
4235 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004236 return destType;
4237 }
4238 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004239 QualType destPointee
4240 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004241 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004242 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004244 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedman16fea9b2009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004245 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004246 return destType;
4247 }
4248
4249 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4250 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4251 return LHSTy;
4252 }
4253 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4254 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4255 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4256 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4257 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4258 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4259 // to get a consistent AST.
4260 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004261 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4262 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004263 return incompatTy;
4264 }
4265 // The pointer types are compatible.
4266 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4267 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4268 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4269 // type.
4270 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4271 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004272 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4273 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004274 return LHSTy;
4275 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004276
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004277 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4278 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4279 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4280 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004281 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004282 return RHSTy;
4283 }
4284 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4285 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4286 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004287 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004288 return LHSTy;
4289 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004290
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004291 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004292 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4293 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004294 return QualType();
4295}
4296
Fariborz Jahanianeebc4752009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004297/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4298/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4299QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4300 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4301 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4302 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4303
4304 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4305 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4306 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4307 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4308 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4309 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4310 return LHSTy;
4311 }
4312 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4313 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4314 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4315 return RHSTy;
4316 }
4317 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4318 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4319 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4320 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4321 return LHSTy;
4322 }
4323 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4324 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4325 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4326 return RHSTy;
4327 }
4328 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4329 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4330 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4331 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4332 return LHSTy;
4333 }
4334 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4335 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4336 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4337 return RHSTy;
4338 }
4339 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4340 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4341
4342 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4343 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4344 return LHSTy;
4345 }
4346 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4347 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4348 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4349
4350 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4351 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4352 // type. This allows
4353 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4354 // where B is a subclass of A.
4355 //
4356 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4357 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4358 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4359 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4360
4361 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4362 // It could return the composite type.
4363 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4364 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4365 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4366 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4367 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4368 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4369 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4370 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4371 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4372 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4373 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4374 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4375 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4376 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4377 } else if (!(compositeType =
4378 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4379 ;
4380 else {
4381 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4382 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4383 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4384 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4385 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4386 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4387 return incompatTy;
4388 }
4389 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4390 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4391 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4392 return compositeType;
4393 }
4394 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4395 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4396 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4397 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4398 QualType destPointee
4399 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4400 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4401 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4402 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4403 // Promote to void*.
4404 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4405 return destType;
4406 }
4407 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4408 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4409 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4410 QualType destPointee
4411 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4412 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4413 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4414 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4415 // Promote to void*.
4416 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4417 return destType;
4418 }
4419 return QualType();
4420}
4421
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004422/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004423/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004424Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4425 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4426 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4427 ExprArg RHS) {
4428 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4429 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004430
4431 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4432 // was the condition.
4433 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4434 if (isLHSNull)
4435 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004436
4437 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004438 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004439 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004440 return ExprError();
4441
4442 Cond.release();
4443 LHS.release();
4444 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004445 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004446 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004447 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004448}
4449
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004450// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004451// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004452// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4453// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4454// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004456Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4457 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004458
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004459 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4460 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4461 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4462 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4463 return Compatible;
4464 }
4465
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004466 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004467 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4468 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004470 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004471 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4472 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004473
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004474 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
4476 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4477 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4478 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004479 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004480 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004481 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004482
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004483 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4484 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004485 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004486 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004487 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004488 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004490 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004491 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4492 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004493 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004495 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004496 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004497 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004498
4499 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004500 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4501 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004502 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004504 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004505 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4506 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4507 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4508 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4509 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4510 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004511 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004512 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004513 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004514 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004515
4516 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004517 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004518 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004519 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004520
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004521 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4522 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4523 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4524 // warning can be disabled.
4525 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4526 return ConvTy;
4527 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4528 }
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004529
4530 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4531 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4532 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4533 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4534 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4535 do {
4536 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4537 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4538
4539 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4540 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4541 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4542
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004543 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004544 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004545 }
4546
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004547 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004548 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004549 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004550 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004551}
4552
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004553/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4554/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4555/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4556// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557Sema::AssignConvertType
4558Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004559 QualType rhsType) {
4560 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004561
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004562 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004563 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4564 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004565
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004566 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4567 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4568 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004570 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004571
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004572 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004573 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004574 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004576 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004577 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004578 return ConvTy;
4579}
4580
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004581/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4582/// for assignment compatibility.
4583Sema::AssignConvertType
4584Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4585 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4586 return Compatible;
4587 QualType lhptee =
4588 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4589 QualType rhptee =
4590 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4591 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4592 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4593 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4594 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4595 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4596
4597 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4598 return Compatible;
4599 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4600 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4601 return IncompatiblePointer;
4602}
4603
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004604/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4605/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004606/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4607///
4608/// int a, *pint;
4609/// short *pshort;
4610/// struct foo *pfoo;
4611///
4612/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4613/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4614/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4615/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4616///
4617/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004619///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004620Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004621Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004622 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4623 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004624 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4625 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004626
4627 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004628 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004629
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004630 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4631 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4632 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4633 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4634 return Compatible;
4635 }
4636
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004637 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4638 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4639 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4640 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4641 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4642 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4643 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004644 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004645 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004646 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004647 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004648 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004649 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4650 // to the same ExtVector type.
4651 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4652 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4653 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4654 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4655 return Compatible;
4656 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004657
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004658 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004659 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004660 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004661 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004662 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4663 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004664 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004665 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004666 }
4667 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004668 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004669
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004670 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004671 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004672
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004673 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004674 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004675 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004676
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004677 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004678 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004679
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004680 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004681 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004682 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4683 return Compatible;
4684 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004685 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004686 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4687 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004688 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004689
4690 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004691 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004692 return Compatible;
4693 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004694 return Incompatible;
4695 }
4696
4697 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4698 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004699 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004700
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004701 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004702 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004703 return Compatible;
4704
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004705 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4706 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004707
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004708 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004709 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004710 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004711 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004712 return Incompatible;
4713 }
4714
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004715 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4716 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4717 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004718
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004719 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004720 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004721 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4722 return Compatible;
4723 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004724 }
4725 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian52efc3f2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004726 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004727 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004728 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004729 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4730 return Compatible;
4731 }
4732 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4733 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4734 return Compatible;
4735 return Incompatible;
4736 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004737 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004738 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004739 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4740 return Compatible;
4741
4742 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004743 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004744
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004745 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004746 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004747
4748 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004749 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004750 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004751 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004752 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004753 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4754 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4755 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4756 return Compatible;
4757
4758 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4759 return PointerToInt;
4760
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004761 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004762 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004763 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4764 return Compatible;
4765 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004766 }
4767 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004768 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004769 return Compatible;
4770 return Incompatible;
4771 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004772
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004773 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004774 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004775 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004776 }
4777 return Incompatible;
4778}
4779
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004780/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4781/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004782static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004783 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4784 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4785 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenekba7bc552010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004786 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4787 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004788 SourceLocation());
4789 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4790 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4791
4792 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4793 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004794 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall1d7d8d62010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004795 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCall42f56b52010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004796 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004797}
4798
4799Sema::AssignConvertType
4800Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4801 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4802
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004803 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004804 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4805 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004806 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004807 return Incompatible;
4808
4809 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4810 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4811 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4812 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004813 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4814 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004815 it != itend; ++it) {
4816 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4817 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4818 // 1) void pointer
4819 // 2) null pointer constant
4820 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004821 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004822 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004823 InitField = *it;
4824 break;
4825 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004827 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4828 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004829 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004830 InitField = *it;
4831 break;
4832 }
4833 }
4834
4835 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4836 == Compatible) {
4837 InitField = *it;
4838 break;
4839 }
4840 }
4841
4842 if (!InitField)
4843 return Incompatible;
4844
4845 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4846 return Compatible;
4847}
4848
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004849Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004850Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4852 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4853 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4854 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4855 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004856 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004857 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004858 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004859 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004860 }
4861
4862 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4863 // structures.
4864 }
4865
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004866 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4867 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004868 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4869 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004871 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4872 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004873 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004874 return Compatible;
4875 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004877 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004878 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregor02a24ee2009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004879 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004880 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004881 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004883 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004884 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004885
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004886 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4887 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004888
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004889 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4890 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004891 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4892 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4893 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4894 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004895 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004896 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4897 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004898 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004899}
4900
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004901QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004902 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004903 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004904 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004905 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004906}
4907
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004908QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004909 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004910 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004911 QualType lhsType =
4912 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4913 QualType rhsType =
4914 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004915
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004916 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004917 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004918 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004919
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004920 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4921 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004922 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4923 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004924 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4925 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004926 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004927 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004928 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004929 }
4930 }
4931 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004932
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004933 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4934 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4935 bool swapped = false;
4936 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4937 swapped = true;
4938 std::swap(rex, lex);
4939 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4940 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004941
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004942 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004943 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004944 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4945 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4946 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004947 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004948 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4949 return lhsType;
4950 }
4951 }
4952 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4953 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4954 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004955 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004956 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4957 return lhsType;
4958 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004959 }
4960 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004961
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004962 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004964 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004965 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004966 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004967}
4968
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004969QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4970 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004971 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004972 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004973
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004974 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004975
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004976 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4977 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4978 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4979
4980 // Check for division by zero.
4981 if (isDiv &&
4982 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004983 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
4984 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004985
4986 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004987}
4988
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004989QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004990 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004991 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4992 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4993 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4994 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4995 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004996
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004997 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004998
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004999 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
5000 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5001
5002 // Check for remainder by zero.
5003 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattnercb329c52010-01-12 21:30:55 +00005004 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
5005 << rex->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005006
5007 return compType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005008}
5009
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00005010QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005012 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5013 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5014 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5015 return compType;
5016 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005017
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005018 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005019
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005020 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005021 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5022 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5023 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005024 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005025 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005026
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005027 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5028 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005029 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005030 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5031
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005032 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005033
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005034 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005035 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005036
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005037 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5038 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005039 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5040 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00005041 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005042 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005043 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005044
5045 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5047 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005048 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005049 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5050 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5051 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5052 return QualType();
5053 }
5054
5055 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5056 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5057 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005058 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005059 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005060 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005061 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005062 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5063 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005064 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5065 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005066 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005067 return QualType();
5068 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005069 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5070 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5071 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5072 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5073 return QualType();
5074 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005075
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005076 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005077 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5078 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5079 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5080 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5081 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005082 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005083 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5084 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005085 return PExp->getType();
5086 }
5087 }
5088
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005089 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005090}
5091
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005092// C99 6.5.6
5093QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005094 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5095 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5096 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5097 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5098 return compType;
5099 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005100
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005101 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005102
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005103 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005104
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005105 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005106 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5107 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005108 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005109 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005110 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005111
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005112 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005113 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005114 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005116 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005117
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005118 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5119 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5120 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5121 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5122 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5123 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5124 return QualType();
5125 }
5126
5127 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5128 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5129 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5130 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005132 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005133 return QualType();
5134 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005135
5136 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5137 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5138 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005139 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005140 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005141 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005142 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005143 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005144
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005145 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5146 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5148 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5149 return QualType();
5150 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005151
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005152 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005153 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5154 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5155 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5156 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5157 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5158 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005159 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005160 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5161
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005162 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005163 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005164 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005166 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005167 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005168 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005170 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5171 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5172 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5173 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5175 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5176 return QualType();
5177 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005178
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005179 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5180 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5181 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5182 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005183 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005184 return QualType();
5185 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005186
5187 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5188 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5189 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5190 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5191 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005192 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5193 << rex->getSourceRange()
5194 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005195 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5198 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5199 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5201 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5202 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5203 return QualType();
5204 }
5205 } else {
5206 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5207 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5208 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5209 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5211 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5212 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5213 return QualType();
5214 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005215 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005217 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5218 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5219 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5220 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5221 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005222 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005223 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005224
5225 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005226 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5227 }
5228 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005229
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005230 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005231}
5232
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005233// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005234QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005235 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005236 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5237 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005238 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005239
Nate Begeman2207d792009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005240 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5241 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5242 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5243
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005244 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5245 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005246 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5247 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5248 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5249 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5250 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005251 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005252 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005253 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005254
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005255 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005256
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005257 // Sanity-check shift operands
5258 llvm::APSInt Right;
5259 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005260 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5261 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005262 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005263 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5264 else {
5265 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5266 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5267 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5268 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5269 }
5270 }
5271
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005272 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005273 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005274}
5275
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005276// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005277QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005278 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5279 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5280
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005281 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005282 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005283 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005284
John McCalld1b47bf2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005285 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall45aa4552009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005286
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005287 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005288 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5289 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5290 else {
5291 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5292 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5293 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005294 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5295 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005296
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005297 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5298 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005299 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5300 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5301 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005302 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005303 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005304 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5305 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5306 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5307 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005308 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5309 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005310 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005311
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005312 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5313 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5314 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5315 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005316
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005317 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5318 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005319 Expr *literalString = 0;
5320 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005321 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005322 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5323 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005324 literalString = lex;
5325 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005326 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5327 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005328 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5329 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005330 literalString = rex;
5331 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5332 }
5333
5334 if (literalString) {
5335 std::string resultComparison;
5336 switch (Opc) {
5337 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5338 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5339 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5340 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5341 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5342 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5343 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5344 }
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005345
5346 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5347 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5348 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5349 << literalString->getSourceRange()
5350 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5351 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5352 "strcmp(")
5353 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5354 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
5355 resultComparison));
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005356 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005357 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005358
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005359 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005360 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005361
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005362 if (isRelational) {
5363 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005364 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005365 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005366 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner02dd4b12009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005367 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005368 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005369
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005370 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005371 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005372 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005373
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005374 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5375 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5376 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5377 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005378
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005379 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5380 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5381 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005382 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005383 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005384 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005385 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005386 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005387
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005388 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005389 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5390 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanian51874dd2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005391 if (!isRelational &&
5392 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5393 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5394 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5395 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5396 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5397 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5398 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5399 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5400 return ResultTy;
5401 }
5402 }
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005403 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5404 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5405 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5406 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5407 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5408 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005409 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005410 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005411 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5412 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5413 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005414 if (T.isNull()) {
5415 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5416 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5417 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005418 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
5419 Diag(Loc,
5420 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
5421 << lType << rType << T
5422 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005423 }
5424
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005425 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5426 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005427 return ResultTy;
5428 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005429 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5430 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5431 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5432 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5433 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5434 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5435 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5436 }
5437 } else if (!isRelational &&
5438 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5439 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5440 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5441 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5442 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5443 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5444 }
5445 } else {
5446 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005447 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005448 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005449 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005450 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005451 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005452 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005453 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005454
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005456 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005457 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005458 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005459 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5460 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005461 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005462 return ResultTy;
5463 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005464 if (LHSIsNull &&
5465 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5466 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005467 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005468 return ResultTy;
5469 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005470
5471 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005472 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005473 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5474 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005475 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5476 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5477 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5478 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5479 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5480 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5481 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5482 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005483 // types.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005484 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5485 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5486 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005487 if (T.isNull()) {
5488 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005489 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005490 return QualType();
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005491 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
5492 Diag(Loc,
5493 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
5494 << lType << rType << T
5495 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005496 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005497
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005498 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5499 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005500 return ResultTy;
5501 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005502
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005503 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005504 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5505 return ResultTy;
5506 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005507
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005508 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005509 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005510 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5511 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005512
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005513 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005514 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005515 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005516 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005517 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005518 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005519 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005520 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005521 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005522 if (!isRelational
5523 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5524 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005525 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005526 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005527 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005528 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005529 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5530 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5531 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005532 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005533 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005534 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005535 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005536
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005537 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005538 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005539 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5540 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005541 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005542 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005543 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005544 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005546 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5547 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005549 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005550 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005551 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005552 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005553 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005554 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005555 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5557 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005558 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005559 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005560 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005561 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005562 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005563 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5564 if (RHSIsNull) {
5565 if (isRelational)
5566 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5567 } else if (isRelational)
5568 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5569 else
5570 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005571
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005572 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005573 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005574 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005575 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005576 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005577 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005578 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005579 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005580 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5581 if (LHSIsNull) {
5582 if (isRelational)
5583 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5584 } else if (isRelational)
5585 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5586 else
5587 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005588
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005589 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005590 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005591 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005592 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005593 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005594 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005595 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005596 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005597 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5598 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005599 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005600 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005601 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005602 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5603 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005604 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005605 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005606 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005607 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005608}
5609
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005610/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005612/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5613/// types.
5614QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005615 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005616 bool isRelational) {
5617 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5618 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005619 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005620 if (vType.isNull())
5621 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005622
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005623 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5624 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005625
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005626 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5627 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5628 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5629 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5630 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5631 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5632 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregord1e4d9b2010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005633 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005634 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005635
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005636 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5637 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5638 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005639 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005640 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005642 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5643 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5644 // elements for floating point vectors.
5645 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5646 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005647
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005648 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005649 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005650 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005651 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005652 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005653 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5654
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005655 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005656 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005657 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5658}
5659
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005660inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005661 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005662 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005663 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005664
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005665 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005666
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005667 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005668 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005669 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005670}
5671
5672inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005673 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005674 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5675 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5676 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005677
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005678 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005680
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005681 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005682 }
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005683
5684 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5685 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5686 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5687 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5688 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5689 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5690 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson04905012009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005691
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005692 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005693 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005694 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5695
5696 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5697 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5698 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5699 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5700
5701 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005702 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlssona4c98cd2009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005703 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5704
5705 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5706 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5707 // The result is a bool.
5708 return Context.BoolTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005709}
5710
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005711/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5712/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5713/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5714///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005715static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005716 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5717 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5718 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5719 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005720 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005721 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5722 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5723 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5724 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005725 }
5726 }
5727 return false;
5728}
5729
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005730/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5731/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5732static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005733 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005734 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005735 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005736 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5737 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005738 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5739 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005740
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005741 unsigned Diag = 0;
5742 bool NeedType = false;
5743 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005744 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005745 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005746 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5747 NeedType = true;
5748 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005749 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005750 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5751 NeedType = true;
5752 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005753 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005754 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5755 break;
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005756 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5757 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005758 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005759 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5760 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005761 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5762 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005763 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5764 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005765 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005766 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5767 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005768 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005769 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5770 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005771 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005772 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5773 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005774 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5775 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5776 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005777 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5778 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5779 break;
Fariborz Jahanian2514a302009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005780 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5781 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5782 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane9ff4432010-02-11 01:11:34 +00005783 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertyGetterSetting:
5784 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_getter_setting;
5785 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005786 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005787
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005788 SourceRange Assign;
5789 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5790 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005791 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005792 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005793 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005794 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005795 return true;
5796}
5797
5798
5799
5800// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005801QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5802 SourceLocation Loc,
5803 QualType CompoundType) {
5804 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5805 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005806 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005807
5808 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5809 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005810
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005811 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005812 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005813 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005814 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005815 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5816 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5817 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005818 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005819 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005820 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005821 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005822
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005823 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5824 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5825 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005826 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005827 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5828 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5829 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5830 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5831 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005832 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005833 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005834 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5835 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5836 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005837 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5838 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005839 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5840 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5841 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005842 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005843 }
5844 } else {
5845 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005846 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005847 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005848
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005849 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005850 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005851 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005852
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005853 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5854 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005855 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005856 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5857 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005858 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005859 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005860 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005861}
5862
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005863// C99 6.5.17
5864QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005865 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005866 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5867 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5868 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005869
5870 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5871 // incomplete in C++).
5872
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005873 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005874}
5875
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005876/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5877/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005878QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5879 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005880 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5881 return Context.DependentTy;
5882
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005883 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5884 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005885
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005886 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5887 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5888 if (!isInc) {
5889 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5890 return QualType();
5891 }
5892 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5894 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005895 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005896 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5897 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005898
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005899 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005900 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005901 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5903 << Op->getSourceRange();
5904 return QualType();
5905 }
5906
5907 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005908 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005909 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005910 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5911 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5912 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5913 return QualType();
5914 }
5915
5916 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005917 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005918 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005919 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005920 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005921 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005922 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005923 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5924 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5925 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5926 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5927 return QualType();
5928 }
Eli Friedman5b088a12010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005929 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005930 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5931 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005932 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005933 } else {
5934 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor5cc07df2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005935 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005936 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005937 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005938 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005939 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005940 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005941 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005942 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005943}
5944
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005945/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005946/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005947/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5948/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5949/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5950/// - &(x) => x
5951/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5952/// - &s.xx => s
5953/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5954/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5955/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5956/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005957static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005958 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005959 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005960 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005961 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005962 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5963 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5964 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005965 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005966 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005967 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005968 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005969 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005970 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5971 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005972 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5973 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5974 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5975 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5976 }
5977 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005978 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005979 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5980 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005981
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005982 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005983 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5984 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5985 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5986 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5987 default:
5988 return 0;
5989 }
5990 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005991 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005992 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005993 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005994 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5995 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005996 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005997 default:
5998 return 0;
5999 }
6000}
6001
6002/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006003/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006004/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006005/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006006/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006007/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006008/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006009QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006010 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
6011 op = op->IgnoreParens();
6012
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00006013 if (op->isTypeDependent())
6014 return Context.DependentTy;
6015
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006016 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
6017 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
6018 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
6019 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
6020 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
6021 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
6022 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
6023 }
6024 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
6025 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
6026 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006027 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00006028 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00006029
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006030 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
6031 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
6032 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
6033 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
6034 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
6035 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
6036 // branch of the if, below.
6037 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
6038 << dcl;
6039 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
6040
6041 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
6042 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6043 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
6044 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregore873fb72010-02-16 21:39:57 +00006045 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
6046 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
6047 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
6048 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
6049 if (isSFINAEContext())
6050 return QualType();
Sebastian Redle27d87f2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00006051 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006052 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006053 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006054 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00006055 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
6057 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006058 return QualType();
6059 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00006060 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006061 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6062 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6063 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006064 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson09380262010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006065 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006066 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006067 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006068 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006069 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006070 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6071 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6072 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6073 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6074 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006075 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6076 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006077 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6078 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006079 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6080 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006081 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006082 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006083 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6084 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
6085 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006086 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6087 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006088 return QualType();
6089 }
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006090 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006091 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006092 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006093 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006094 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6095 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006096 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006097 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006098 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6099 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006100 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006101 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6102 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6103 return QualType();
6104 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006105
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006106 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6107 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006108 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006109 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006111 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006112 // As above.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006113 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6114 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006115 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6116 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6117 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006118 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006119 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006120
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006121 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6122 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6123 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6124 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6125 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6126 }
6127
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006128 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
6129 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
6130}
6131
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006132QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006133 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6134 return Context.DependentTy;
6135
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006136 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6137 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006138
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006139 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6140 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6141 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6142 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006143 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006144 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006145
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006146 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006147 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006148
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006149 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006150 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006151 return QualType();
6152}
6153
6154static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6155 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6156 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6157 switch (Kind) {
6158 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006159 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6160 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006161 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6162 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6163 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6164 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6165 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6166 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6167 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6168 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6169 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6170 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6171 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6172 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6173 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6174 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6175 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6176 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6177 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6178 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6179 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6180 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6181 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6182 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6183 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6184 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6185 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6186 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6187 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6188 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6189 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6190 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6191 }
6192 return Opc;
6193}
6194
6195static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6196 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6197 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6198 switch (Kind) {
6199 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6200 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6201 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6202 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6203 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6204 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6205 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6206 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6207 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006208 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6209 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
6210 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
6211 }
6212 return Opc;
6213}
6214
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006215/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6216/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6217/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006218Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6219 unsigned Op,
6220 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006221 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006222 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006223 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6224 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6225 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006226
6227 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006228 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6229 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6230 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006231 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6232 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6233 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6234 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6235 break;
6236 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006237 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006238 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6239 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006240 break;
6241 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6242 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6243 break;
6244 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6245 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6246 break;
6247 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6248 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6249 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006250 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006251 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6252 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6253 break;
6254 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6255 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6256 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6257 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006258 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006259 break;
6260 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6261 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006262 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006263 break;
6264 case BinaryOperator::And:
6265 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6266 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6267 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6268 break;
6269 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6270 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6271 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6272 break;
6273 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6274 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattner7ef655a2010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006275 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6276 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006277 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6278 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6279 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006280 break;
6281 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006282 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6283 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6284 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6285 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006286 break;
6287 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006288 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6289 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6290 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006291 break;
6292 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006293 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6294 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6295 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006296 break;
6297 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6298 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006299 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6300 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6301 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6302 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006303 break;
6304 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6305 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6306 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006307 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6308 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6309 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6310 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006311 break;
6312 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6313 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6314 break;
6315 }
6316 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006317 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006318 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006319 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6320 else
6321 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006322 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6323 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006324}
6325
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006326/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6327/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006328static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6329 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006330 SourceRange ParenRange,
6331 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD = PartialDiagnostic(0),
6332 SourceRange SecondParenRange = SourceRange()) {
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006333 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6334 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6335 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6336 // warning/error and return.
6337 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6338 return;
6339 }
6340
6341 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6342 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6343 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006344
6345 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6346 return;
6347
6348 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6349 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6350 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6351 // warning/error and return.
6352 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6353 return;
6354 }
6355
6356 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
6357 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6358 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006359}
6360
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006361/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6362/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6363/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6364/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006365static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6366 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006367 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6368 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6369 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6370 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006371 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006372 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006373 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6374
6375 // Subs are not binary operators.
6376 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6377 return;
6378
6379 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6380 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006381 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6382 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006383 return;
6384
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006385 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006386 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6387 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006388 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6389 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006390 lhs->getSourceRange(),
6391 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6392 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006393 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6394 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl6b169ac2009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006395 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6396 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006397 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6398 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006399 rhs->getSourceRange(),
6400 PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
6401 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006402 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006403}
6404
6405/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6406/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6407/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6408static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6409 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redlaee3c932009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006410 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006411 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6412}
6413
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006414// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006415Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6416 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6417 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006418 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006419 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006420
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006421 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6422 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006423
Sebastian Redl9e1d29b2009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006424 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6425 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6426
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006427 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6428}
6429
6430Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6431 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6432 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006433 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006434 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006435 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6436 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6437 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6438 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6439 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006440 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006441 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006442 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6443 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6444 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006445
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006446 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6447 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006448 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006449 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006450
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006451 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006452 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006453}
6454
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006455Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006456 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006457 ExprArg InputArg) {
6458 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006459
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006460 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006461 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006462 QualType resultType;
6463 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006464 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6465 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6466 break;
6467
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006468 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6469 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006470 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6471 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006472 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006473 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6474 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006475 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006476 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006477 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6478 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006479 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006480 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006481 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
6482 break;
6483 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6484 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006485 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6486 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006487 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6488 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006489 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6490 break;
6491 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6492 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6493 break;
6494 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6495 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6496 resultType->isPointerType())
6497 break;
6498
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006499 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6500 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006501 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006502 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6503 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006504 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6505 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006506 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6507 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6508 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006509 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006510 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006511 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006512 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6513 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006514 break;
6515 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
6516 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006517 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006518 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006519 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6520 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006521 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006522 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6523 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006524 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006525 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6526 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006527 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006528 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006529 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006530 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006531 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006532 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006533 resultType = Input->getType();
6534 break;
6535 }
6536 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006538
6539 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006540 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006541}
6542
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006543Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6544 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6545 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006546 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlssona8a1e3d2009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6548 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006549 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6550 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6551 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6552 // the arguments.
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006553 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006554 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall6e266892010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006555 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6556 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6557 Functions);
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006558
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006559 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6560 }
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006561
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006562 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6563}
6564
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006565// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6566Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6567 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6568 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6569}
6570
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006571/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006572Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6573 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6574 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006575 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006576 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006577
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006578 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6579 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006580 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006581 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006582
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006583 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006584 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6585 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00006586}
6587
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006588Sema::OwningExprResult
6589Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6590 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6591 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006592 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6593 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6594
Douglas Gregordd8f5692010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006595 bool isFileScope
6596 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006597 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006598 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006599
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006600 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6601 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6602 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006603
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006604 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6605 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6606 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006607
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006608 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6609 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6610 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6611 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6612 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006613
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006614 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006615 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006616 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006617
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006618 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6619 // expressions are not lvalues.
6620
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006621 substmt.release();
6622 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006623}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006624
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006625Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6626 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6627 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6628 TypeTy *argty,
6629 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6630 unsigned NumComponents,
6631 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6632 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6633 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006634 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6635 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006636 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006637
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006638 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6639
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006640 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6641 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6642 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006643 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006644 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006645
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006646 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6647 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006648
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006649 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6650 // the offsetof designators.
6651 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6652 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006653 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006654 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006655
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006656 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6657 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006658 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6659 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006660 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006661 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6662 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006663
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006664 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006665 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006666
John McCalld00f2002009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006667 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6668 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6669 return ExprError();
6670
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006671 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6672 // leaks like a sieve.
6673 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6674 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6675 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6676 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6677 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6678 if (!AT) {
6679 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006680 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6681 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006682 }
6683
6684 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6685
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006686 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6687 // expression.
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006688 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006689
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006690 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6691 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006692 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006693 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006694 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006695 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006696 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006697
6698 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6699 OC.LocEnd);
6700 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006701 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006702
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006703 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006704 if (!RC) {
6705 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006706 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6707 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006708 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006709
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006710 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6711 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006712 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006713 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6714 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6715 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6716 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6717 << Res->getType()))
6718 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006719 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006720
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006721 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6722 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006723
John McCall1bcee0a2009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006724 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006725 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006726 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregor3f093272009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006727 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6728 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006729
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006730 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6731 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006732 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006733 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall09b6d0e2009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006734 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006735 } else {
Douglas Gregor5fccd362010-03-03 23:55:11 +00006736 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006737 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6738 // doesn't matter here.
6739 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6740 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6741 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006742 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006743 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006744
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006745 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6746 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006747}
6748
6749
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006750Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6751 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6752 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006753 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6754 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6755 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006756
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006757 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006758
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6760 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6761 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6762 return ExprError();
6763 }
6764
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006765 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6766 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006767}
6768
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006769Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6770 ExprArg cond,
6771 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6772 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6773 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6774 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6775 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006776
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006777 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6778
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006779 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006780 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006781 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006782 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006783 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006784 } else {
6785 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6786 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6787 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6788 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006789 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6790 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6791 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006792
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006793 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6794 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006795 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6796 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006797 }
6798
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006799 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6800 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006801 resType, RPLoc,
6802 resType->isDependentType(),
6803 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006804}
6805
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006806//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6807// Clang Extensions.
6808//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6809
6810/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006811void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006812 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6813 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6814 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6815 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006816}
6817
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006818void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006819 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006820 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
6821
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006822 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6823 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006824 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006825 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6826
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006827 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6828 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6829 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6830 return;
6831 }
6832
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006833 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6834 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006835 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0, false,
6836 CC_Default);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006837
6838 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6839 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006840 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006841 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006842 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006843 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006844 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6845 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006846 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006847
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006848 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6849 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6850 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6851 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6852 return;
6853 }
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006854
6855 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006856 return;
6857 }
6858
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006859 // Analyze arguments to block.
6860 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6861 "Not a function declarator!");
6862 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006863
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006864 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6865 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006866
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006867 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6868 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6869 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6870 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006871 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6872 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006873 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006874 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006875 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian9a66c302010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006876 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6877 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6878 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6879 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6880 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6881 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6882 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6883 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6884 }
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006885 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006886 }
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006887 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006888 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006889 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006890 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006891 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006892 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6893 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6894
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006895 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6896 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6897 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCall7a9813c2010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006898 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006899
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006900 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006901 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006902 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006903 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006904 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006905 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6906 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006907
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006908 // Analyze the return type.
6909 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006910 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006911
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006912 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6913 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6914 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6915 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6916 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006917 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006918}
6919
6920/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6921/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6922void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006923 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006924 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006925 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006926 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006927}
6928
6929/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6930/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006931Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6932 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006933 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6934 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6935 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006936
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006937 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006938
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006939 PopDeclContext();
6940
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006941 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006942 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6943 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006944
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006945 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6946 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6947 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006948
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006949 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006950 QualType BlockTy;
6951 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006952 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006953 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006954 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006955 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006956 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00006957 NoReturn, CC_Default);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006958
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006959 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006960 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006961 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006962
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006963 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006964 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006965 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006966
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006967 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006968
6969 bool Good = true;
6970 // Check goto/label use.
6971 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6972 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6973 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6974
6975 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6976 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6977 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6978 continue;
6979
6980 // Emit error.
6981 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6982 Good = false;
6983 }
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006984 if (!Good) {
6985 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stumpa3899eb2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006986 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006987 }
6988
Mike Stumpfa6ef182010-01-13 02:59:54 +00006989 AnalysisContext AC(BSI->TheDecl);
6990 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody(), AC);
6991 CheckUnreachable(AC);
Douglas Gregor9ea9bdb2010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006992 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6993 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
6994 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
6995 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006996}
6997
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006998Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6999 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
7000 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00007001 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007002 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
7003 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007004
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007005 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007006
7007 // Get the va_list type
7008 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007009 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
7010 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
7011 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
7012 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007013 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007014 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
7015 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
7016 } else {
7017 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
7018 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007019 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007020 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00007021 return ExprError();
7022 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00007023
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00007024 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
7025 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007026 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
7027 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00007028 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00007029 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007030
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00007031 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007032 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007033
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007034 expr.release();
7035 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
7036 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00007037}
7038
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007039Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007040 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
7041 // pointers on the target.
7042 QualType Ty;
7043 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
7044 Ty = Context.IntTy;
7045 else
7046 Ty = Context.LongTy;
7047
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00007048 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00007049}
7050
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007051static void
7052MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
7053 QualType DstType,
7054 Expr *SrcExpr,
7055 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
7056 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7057 return;
7058
7059 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7060 if (!PT)
7061 return;
7062
7063 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7064 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7065 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7066 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7067 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7068 return;
7069 }
7070
7071 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7072 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7073 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7074 return;
7075
7076 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
7077}
7078
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007079bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7080 SourceLocation Loc,
7081 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007082 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007083 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7084 bool isInvalid = false;
7085 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007086 CodeModificationHint Hint;
7087
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007088 switch (ConvTy) {
7089 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7090 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007091 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007092 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7093 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007094 case IntToPointer:
7095 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7096 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007097 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007098 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007099 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7100 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007101 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7102 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7103 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007104 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7105 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7106 break;
7107 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007108 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7109 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7110 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7111 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7112 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7113 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7114 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7115 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7116 // C++ semantics.
7117 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7118 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7119 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007120 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7121 break;
Sean Huntc9132b62009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007122 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanian3451e922009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007123 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahanian36a862f2009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007124 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007125 case IntToBlockPointer:
7126 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7127 break;
7128 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007129 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007130 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007131 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007132 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007133 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7134 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7135 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007136 case IncompatibleVectors:
7137 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7138 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007139 case Incompatible:
7140 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7141 isInvalid = true;
7142 break;
7143 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007144
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007145 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Action
Anders Carlssonb76cd3d2009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007146 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007147 return isInvalid;
7148}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007149
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007150bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007151 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7152 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7153 if (Result)
7154 *Result = ICEResult;
7155 return false;
7156 }
7157
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007158 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7159
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007160 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007161 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7162 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7163
7164 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7165 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7166 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7167 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7168 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7169 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7170 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007171
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007172 return true;
7173 }
7174
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007175 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7176 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007177
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007178 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7179 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7180 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007181
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007182 if (Result)
7183 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7184 return false;
7185}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007186
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007187void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007188Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007189 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7190 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007191}
7192
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007193void
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007194Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7195 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7196 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7197 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007198
Douglas Gregor06d33692009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007199 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7200 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7201 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7202 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7203 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
7204 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
7205 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7206 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7207 I != IEnd; ++I)
7208 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7209 }
7210
7211 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7212 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7213 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7214 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7215 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7216 I != IEnd; ++I)
7217 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7218 }
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007219 }
7220
7221 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7222 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7223 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7224 // will never be constructed.
7225 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
7226 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7227 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7228 ExprTemporaries.end());
7229
7230 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7231 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007232}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007233
7234/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7235///
7236/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7237/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7238/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7239/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7240///
7241/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7242///
7243/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7244void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7245 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007246
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007247 if (D->isUsed())
7248 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007249
Douglas Gregorb5352cf2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007250 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7251 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7252 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7253 // -Wunused-parameters)
7254 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7255 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007256 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007257
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007258 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7259 // an instantiation.
7260 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7261 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007262
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007263 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007264 case Unevaluated:
7265 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7266 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007267
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007268 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7269 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7270 // "used"; handle this below.
7271 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007272
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007273 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7274 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7275 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7276 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregor2afce722009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007277 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007278 return;
7279 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007280
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007281 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007282 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007283 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007284 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7285 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7286 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007287 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor9e9199d2009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007288 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007289 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7290 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7291 }
Anders Carlssond6a637f2009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007292
7293 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007294 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7295 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7296 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007297
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007298 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7299 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7300 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7301 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7302 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7303 }
7304 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007305 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007306 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007307 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007308 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007309 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7310 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7311 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7312 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7313 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007314 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7315 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007316 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7317 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7318 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7319 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7320 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregor3b846b62009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007321 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7322 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007323 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7324 }
7325
Douglas Gregor60406be2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007326 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7327 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7328 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7329 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7330 Loc));
7331 else
7332 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7333 Loc));
7334 }
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007335 }
7336
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007337 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007338 Function->setUsed(true);
Tanya Lattnere6bbc012010-02-12 00:07:30 +00007339
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007340 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007341 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007342
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007343 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007344 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007345 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregorb3ae4fc2009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007346 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7347 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7348 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7349 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7350 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7351 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7352 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7353 }
7354 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007355
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007356 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007357
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007358 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007359 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007360 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007361}
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007362
Douglas Gregor1c7c3fb2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007363/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7364/// of the program being compiled.
7365///
7366/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
7367/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
7368/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7369/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7370/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7371/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
7372/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
7373/// later.
7374///
7375/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7376/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7377/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7378/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
7379bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
7380 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7381 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7382 case Unevaluated:
7383 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7384 break;
7385
7386 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7387 Diag(Loc, PD);
7388 return true;
7389
7390 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7391 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7392 break;
7393 }
7394
7395 return false;
7396}
7397
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007398bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7399 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7400 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7401 return false;
7402
7403 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7404 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7405 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7406 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7407
7408 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7409 FD ?
7410 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7411 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7412 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7413 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7414 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7415 return true;
7416
7417 return false;
7418}
7419
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007420// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7421// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7422void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7423 SourceLocation Loc;
7424
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007425 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7426
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007427 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7428 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7429 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7430 return;
7431
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007432 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7433 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7434 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7435 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7436
John McCallc8d8ac52009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007437 // self = [<foo> init...]
7438 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7439 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7440 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7441
7442 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7443 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7444 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7445 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7446 }
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007447
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007448 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7449 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7450 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7451 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7452 return;
7453
7454 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7455 } else {
7456 // Not an assignment.
7457 return;
7458 }
7459
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007460 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCall2d152152009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007461 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007462
John McCalla52ef082009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007463 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007464 << E->getSourceRange()
7465 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7466 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregor827feec2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007467 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
7468 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007469}
7470
7471bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7472 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7473
7474 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora873dfc2010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007475 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCall5a881bb2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007476
7477 QualType T = E->getType();
7478
7479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7480 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7481 return true;
7482 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7483 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7484 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7485 return true;
7486 }
7487 }
7488
7489 return false;
7490}